From aa38e5c1f48e31213ee349aa5cd6f06c85bda70d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: android <android@lingyun.com>
Date: Tue, 25 Jun 2024 21:49:39 +0800
Subject: [PATCH] Add GD32F103RCT6 ADC converter board SDK source code

---
 mcu_sdk/gd32f103/rk_eFire/Board/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c | 7421 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 1 files changed, 7,421 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-)

diff --git a/mcu_sdk/gd32f103/rk_eFire/Board/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c b/mcu_sdk/gd32f103/rk_eFire/Board/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4e2e78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mcu_sdk/gd32f103/rk_eFire/Board/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c
@@ -0,0 +1,7421 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   TIM HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral:
+  *           + TIM Time Base Initialization
+  *           + TIM Time Base Start
+  *           + TIM Time Base Start Interruption
+  *           + TIM Time Base Start DMA
+  *           + TIM Output Compare/PWM Initialization
+  *           + TIM Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration
+  *           + TIM Output Compare/PWM  Start
+  *           + TIM Output Compare/PWM  Start Interruption
+  *           + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start DMA
+  *           + TIM Input Capture Initialization
+  *           + TIM Input Capture Channel Configuration
+  *           + TIM Input Capture Start
+  *           + TIM Input Capture Start Interruption
+  *           + TIM Input Capture Start DMA
+  *           + TIM One Pulse Initialization
+  *           + TIM One Pulse Channel Configuration
+  *           + TIM One Pulse Start
+  *           + TIM Encoder Interface Initialization
+  *           + TIM Encoder Interface Start
+  *           + TIM Encoder Interface Start Interruption
+  *           + TIM Encoder Interface Start DMA
+  *           + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA
+  *           + TIM OCRef clear configuration
+  *           + TIM External Clock configuration
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### TIMER Generic features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] The Timer features include:
+       (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter.
+       (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the
+           counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536.
+       (#) Up to 4 independent channels for:
+           (++) Input Capture
+           (++) Output Compare
+           (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode)
+           (++) One-pulse mode output
+       (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect
+            several timers together.
+       (#) Supports incremental encoder for positioning purposes
+
+            ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+     (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions
+         depending on the selected feature:
+           (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit()
+           (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit()
+           (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit()
+           (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit()
+           (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit()
+           (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit()
+
+     (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources :
+        (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
+        (##) TIM pins configuration
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
+             __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();
+            (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init();
+
+     (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the
+         internal clock from the APBx), using the following function:
+         HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before
+         any start function.
+
+     (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the
+       Initialization function of this driver:
+       (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base
+       (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an
+            Output Compare signal.
+       (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a
+            PWM signal.
+       (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an
+            external signal.
+       (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer
+            in One Pulse Mode.
+       (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface.
+
+     (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used:
+           (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT()
+           (++) Input Capture :  HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT()
+           (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT()
+           (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT()
+           (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT()
+           (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT().
+
+     (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions:
+         HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart()
+         HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart()
+
+    *** Callback registration ***
+  =============================================
+
+  [..]
+  The compilation define  USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+  allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+
+  [..]
+  Use Function @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() to register a callback.
+  @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+  the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+  [..]
+  Use function @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+  weak function.
+  @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+  and the Callback ID.
+
+  [..]
+  These functions allow to register/unregister following callbacks:
+    (+) Base_MspInitCallback              : TIM Base Msp Init Callback.
+    (+) Base_MspDeInitCallback            : TIM Base Msp DeInit Callback.
+    (+) IC_MspInitCallback                : TIM IC Msp Init Callback.
+    (+) IC_MspDeInitCallback              : TIM IC Msp DeInit Callback.
+    (+) OC_MspInitCallback                : TIM OC Msp Init Callback.
+    (+) OC_MspDeInitCallback              : TIM OC Msp DeInit Callback.
+    (+) PWM_MspInitCallback               : TIM PWM Msp Init Callback.
+    (+) PWM_MspDeInitCallback             : TIM PWM Msp DeInit Callback.
+    (+) OnePulse_MspInitCallback          : TIM One Pulse Msp Init Callback.
+    (+) OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback        : TIM One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback.
+    (+) Encoder_MspInitCallback           : TIM Encoder Msp Init Callback.
+    (+) Encoder_MspDeInitCallback         : TIM Encoder Msp DeInit Callback.
+    (+) HallSensor_MspInitCallback        : TIM Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback.
+    (+) HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback      : TIM Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback.
+    (+) PeriodElapsedCallback             : TIM Period Elapsed Callback.
+    (+) PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback     : TIM Period Elapsed half complete Callback.
+    (+) TriggerCallback                   : TIM Trigger Callback.
+    (+) TriggerHalfCpltCallback           : TIM Trigger half complete Callback.
+    (+) IC_CaptureCallback                : TIM Input Capture Callback.
+    (+) IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback        : TIM Input Capture half complete Callback.
+    (+) OC_DelayElapsedCallback           : TIM Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback.
+    (+) PWM_PulseFinishedCallback         : TIM PWM Pulse Finished Callback.
+    (+) PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback.
+    (+) ErrorCallback                     : TIM Error Callback.
+    (+) CommutationCallback               : TIM Commutation Callback.
+    (+) CommutationHalfCpltCallback       : TIM Commutation half complete Callback.
+    (+) BreakCallback                     : TIM Break Callback.
+
+  [..]
+By default, after the Init and when the state is HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET
+all interrupt callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
+  examples @ref HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(), @ref HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback().
+
+  [..]
+  Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak
+  functionalities in the Init / DeInit only when these callbacks are null
+  (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the Init / DeInit
+    keep and use the user MspInit / MspDeInit callbacks(registered beforehand)
+
+  [..]
+    Callbacks can be registered / unregistered in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY state only.
+    Exception done MspInit / MspDeInit that can be registered / unregistered
+    in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY or HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET state,
+    thus registered(user) MspInit / DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init / DeInit.
+  In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+      using @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() before calling DeInit or Init function.
+
+  [..]
+      When The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+      not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
+      are set to the corresponding weak functions.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM TIM
+  * @brief TIM HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource);
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                                  TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 TIM Time Base functions
+  *  @brief    Time Base functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Time Base functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base.
+    (+) De-initialize the TIM base.
+    (+) Start the Time Base.
+    (+) Stop the Time Base.
+    (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt.
+    (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt.
+    (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer.
+    (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Base_Init()
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if (htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+    if (htim->Base_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit;
+    }
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    htim->Base_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set the Time Base configuration */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit;
+  }
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+  HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Change the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Base MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Base MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Base generation.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Check the TIM state */
+  if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Base generation.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Check the TIM state */
+  if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @param  pData The source Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;
+
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA channel */
+  if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, Length) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Return error status */
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE);
+
+  (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 TIM Output Compare functions
+  *  @brief    TIM Output Compare functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                  ##### TIM Output Compare functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare.
+    (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare.
+    (+) Start the TIM Output Compare.
+    (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare.
+    (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable interrupt.
+    (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable interrupt.
+    (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable DMA transfer.
+    (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
+  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OC_Init()
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if (htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+    if (htim->OC_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit;
+    }
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    htim->OC_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance,  &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit;
+  }
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+  HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Change the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  /* Enable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Disable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @param  pData The source Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 TIM PWM functions
+  *  @brief    TIM PWM functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                          ##### TIM PWM functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM PWM.
+    (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM.
+    (+) Start the TIM PWM.
+    (+) Stop the TIM PWM.
+    (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable interrupt.
+    (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable interrupt.
+    (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable DMA transfer.
+    (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
+  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_PWM_Init()
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if (htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+    if (htim->PWM_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit;
+    }
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    htim->PWM_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Init the base time for the PWM */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit;
+  }
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+  HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Change the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM PWM MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the PWM signal generation.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the PWM signal generation.
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @param  pData The source Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 TIM Input Capture functions
+  *  @brief    TIM Input Capture functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### TIM Input Capture functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+   This section provides functions allowing to:
+   (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture.
+   (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture.
+   (+) Start the TIM Input Capture.
+   (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture.
+   (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable interrupt.
+   (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable interrupt.
+   (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable DMA transfer.
+   (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
+  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_IC_Init()
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if (htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+    if (htim->IC_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit;
+    }
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    htim->IC_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Init the base time for the input capture */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit;
+  }
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+  HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Change the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement.
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM channel state */
+  if ((channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+      || (complementary_channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement.
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM channel state */
+  if ((channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+      || (complementary_channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+  /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @param  pData The destination Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  if ((channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+      || (complementary_channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY))
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if ((channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+           && (complementary_channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 TIM One Pulse functions
+  *  @brief    TIM One Pulse functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### TIM One Pulse functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse.
+    (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse.
+    (+) Start the TIM One Pulse.
+    (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse.
+    (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable interrupt.
+    (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable interrupt.
+    (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable DMA transfer.
+    (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
+  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init()
+  * @note   When the timer instance is initialized in One Pulse mode, timer
+  *         channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other
+  *         purpose.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @param  OnePulseMode Select the One pulse mode.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated.
+  *            @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode)
+{
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if (htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+    if (htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit;
+    }
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Reset the OPM Bit */
+  htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM;
+
+  /* Configure the OPM Mode */
+  htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit;
+  }
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+  HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @param  OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(OutputChannel);
+
+  /* Check the TIM channels state */
+  if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+      || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+      || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+      || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+    (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+    in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together
+
+    No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware
+    (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */
+
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @param  OutputChannel TIM Channels to be disable
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(OutputChannel);
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+  (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+  in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */
+
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @param  OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(OutputChannel);
+
+  /* Check the TIM channels state */
+  if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+      || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+      || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+      || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+    (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+    in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together
+
+    No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware
+    (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @param  OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(OutputChannel);
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+  (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+  in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 TIM Encoder functions
+  *  @brief    TIM Encoder functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                          ##### TIM Encoder functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder.
+    (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder.
+    (+) Start the TIM Encoder.
+    (+) Stop the TIM Encoder.
+    (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable interrupt.
+    (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable interrupt.
+    (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable DMA transfer.
+    (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init()
+  * @note   Encoder mode and External clock mode 2 are not compatible and must not be selected together
+  *         Ex: A call for @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init will erase the settings of @ref HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource
+  *         using TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2 and vice versa
+  * @note   When the timer instance is initialized in Encoder mode, timer
+  *         channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other
+  *         purpose.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @param  sConfig TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,  TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef *sConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if (htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter));
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+    if (htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit;
+    }
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Reset the SMS and ECE bits */
+  htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_ECE);
+
+  /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+  tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
+
+  /* Set the encoder Mode */
+  tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode;
+
+  /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S);
+  tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8U));
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC);
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
+  tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8U);
+  tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4U) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12U);
+
+  /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P);
+  tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4U);
+
+  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+  htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit;
+  }
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+  HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Encoder Interface.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
+  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+        || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  {
+    if ((channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+        || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+        || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+        || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+        || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the encoder interface channels */
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default :
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Encoder Interface.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
+    (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default :
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
+  if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2))
+  {
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
+  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+        || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  {
+    if ((channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+        || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+        || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+        || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+        || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the encoder interface channels */
+  /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default :
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
+    (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
+  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+  }
+  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
+  if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2))
+  {
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @param  pData1 The destination Buffer address for IC1.
+  * @param  pData2 The destination Buffer address for IC2.
+  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1,
+                                            uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
+  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+        || (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY))
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+    else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+             && (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      if ((pData1 == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+        TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  {
+    if ((channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+        || (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY))
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+    else if ((channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+             && (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      if ((pData2 == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+        TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+        || (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+        || (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+        || (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY))
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+    else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+             && (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+             && (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+             && (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      if ((((pData1 == NULL) || (pData2 == NULL))) && (Length > 0U))
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+        TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+        TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+        TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+
+      /* Enable the Peripheral */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+      /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError;
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+
+      /* Enable the Peripheral */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+      /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the Peripheral */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+      /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
+    (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
+  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+    (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+  }
+  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+    (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+    (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+    (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
+  if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2))
+  {
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management
+  *  @brief    TIM IRQ handler management
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### IRQ handler management #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides Timer IRQ handler function.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles TIM interrupts requests.
+  * @param  htim TIM  handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Capture compare 1 event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) != RESET)
+    {
+      {
+        __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+        htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+
+        /* Input capture event */
+        if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00U)
+        {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+          htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+          HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+        }
+        /* Output compare event */
+        else
+        {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+          htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+          htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+          HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+          HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+        }
+        htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Capture compare 2 event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) != RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+      /* Input capture event */
+      if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00U)
+      {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+        htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+        HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      /* Output compare event */
+      else
+      {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+        htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+        HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+        HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Capture compare 3 event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) != RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+      /* Input capture event */
+      if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00U)
+      {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+        htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+        HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      /* Output compare event */
+      else
+      {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+        htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+        HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+        HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Capture compare 4 event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) != RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+      /* Input capture event */
+      if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00U)
+      {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+        htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+        HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      /* Output compare event */
+      else
+      {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+        htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+        HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+        HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+    }
+  }
+  /* TIM Update event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) != RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+#else
+      HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  /* TIM Break input event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) != RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      htim->BreakCallback(htim);
+#else
+      HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  /* TIM Trigger detection event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) != RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      htim->TriggerCallback(htim);
+#else
+      HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  /* TIM commutation event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_COM) != RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      htim->CommutationCallback(htim);
+#else
+      HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 TIM Peripheral Control functions
+  *  @brief    TIM Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                   ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+   This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode.
+      (+) Configure External Clock source.
+      (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time.
+      (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization.
+      (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  sConfig TIM Output Compare configuration structure
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to configure
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                           TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
+                                           uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */
+      TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */
+      TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */
+      TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */
+      TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef.
+  * @param  htim TIM IC handle
+  * @param  sConfig TIM Input Capture configuration structure
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to configure
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    /* TI1 Configuration */
+    TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                      sConfig->ICPolarity,
+                      sConfig->ICSelection,
+                      sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+    /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
+
+    /* Set the IC1PSC value */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler;
+  }
+  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  {
+    /* TI2 Configuration */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+    TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                      sConfig->ICPolarity,
+                      sConfig->ICSelection,
+                      sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+    /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;
+
+    /* Set the IC2PSC value */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U);
+  }
+  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3)
+  {
+    /* TI3 Configuration */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+    TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                      sConfig->ICPolarity,
+                      sConfig->ICSelection,
+                      sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+    /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC;
+
+    /* Set the IC3PSC value */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* TI4 Configuration */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+    TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                      sConfig->ICPolarity,
+                      sConfig->ICSelection,
+                      sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+    /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC;
+
+    /* Set the IC4PSC value */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U);
+  }
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM PWM  channels according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @param  sConfig TIM PWM configuration structure
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be configured
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                            TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
+                                            uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */
+      TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE;
+
+      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE;
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */
+      TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE;
+
+      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE;
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */
+      TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE;
+
+      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE;
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */
+      TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE;
+
+      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE;
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @param  sConfig TIM One Pulse configuration structure
+  * @param  OutputChannel TIM output channel to configure
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @param  InputChannel TIM input Channel to configure
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @note  To output a waveform with a minimum delay user can enable the fast
+  *        mode by calling the @ref __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_OCxFAST macro. Then CCx
+  *        output is forced in response to the edge detection on TIx input,
+  *        without taking in account the comparison.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,  TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
+                                                 uint32_t OutputChannel,  uint32_t InputChannel)
+{
+  TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel));
+
+  if (OutputChannel != InputChannel)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Extract the Output compare configuration from sConfig structure */
+    temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode;
+    temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse;
+    temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity;
+    temp1.OCNPolarity = sConfig->OCNPolarity;
+    temp1.OCIdleState = sConfig->OCIdleState;
+    temp1.OCNIdleState = sConfig->OCNIdleState;
+
+    switch (OutputChannel)
+    {
+      case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+        TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1);
+        break;
+      }
+      case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+        TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1);
+        break;
+      }
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    switch (InputChannel)
+    {
+      case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+        TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity,
+                          sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+        /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+        htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
+
+        /* Select the Trigger source */
+        htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+        htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1;
+
+        /* Select the Slave Mode */
+        htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+        htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER;
+        break;
+      }
+      case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+        TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity,
+                          sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+        /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
+        htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;
+
+        /* Select the Trigger source */
+        htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+        htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2;
+
+        /* Select the Slave Mode */
+        htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+        htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA  will start the Data write
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
+  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
+  * @param  BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
+  * @param  BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+  *         between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
+  * @note   This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
+                                              uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t  BurstLength)
+{
+  return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength,
+                                          ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DMA Burst to transfer multiple Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
+  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
+  * @param  BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
+  * @param  BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+  *         between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
+  * @param  DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value
+  *         between 1 and 0xFFFF.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
+                                                   uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer,
+                                                   uint32_t  BurstLength,  uint32_t  DataLength)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength));
+
+  if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* nothing to do */
+  }
+  switch (BurstRequestSrc)
+  {
+    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                         (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                         (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                         (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                         (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                         (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_COM:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA commutation callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback =  TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback =  TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                         (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                         (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */
+  htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength);
+  /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+
+  /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */
+  switch (BurstRequestSrc)
+  {
+    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_COM:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]);
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA  will start the Data read
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
+  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
+  * @param  BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
+  * @param  BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+  *         between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
+  * @note   This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
+                                             uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t  *BurstBuffer, uint32_t  BurstLength)
+{
+  return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength,
+                                         ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA  will start the Data read
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
+  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
+  * @param  BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
+  * @param  BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+  *         between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
+  * @param  DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value
+  *         between 1 and 0xFFFF.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
+                                                  uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t  *BurstBuffer,
+                                                  uint32_t  BurstLength, uint32_t  DataLength)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength));
+
+  if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* nothing to do */
+  }
+  switch (BurstRequestSrc)
+  {
+    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                         DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                         DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                         DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                         DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                         DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_COM:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA commutation callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback =  TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback =  TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                         DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                         DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Return error status */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */
+  htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength);
+
+  /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stop the DMA burst reading
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+
+  /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */
+  switch (BurstRequestSrc)
+  {
+    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_COM:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]);
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generate a software event
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  EventSource specifies the event source.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source
+  * @note   Basic timers can only generate an update event.
+  * @note   TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM is relevant only with advanced timer instances.
+  * @note   TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK are relevant only for timer instances
+  *         supporting a break input.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  /* Change the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set the event sources */
+  htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource;
+
+  /* Change the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the OCRef clear feature
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  sClearInputConfig pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  Channel specifies the TIM Channel
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                           TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *sClearInputConfig,
+                                           uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)
+  {
+    case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE:
+    {
+      /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit and the the ETR Bits */
+      CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, (TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP));
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter));
+
+      /* When OCRef clear feature is used with ETR source, ETR prescaler must be off */
+      if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler != TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV1)
+      {
+        htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                        sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler,
+                        sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity,
+                        sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */
+        SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */
+        CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */
+        SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */
+        CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */
+        SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */
+        CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */
+        SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */
+        CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief   Configures the clock source to be used
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  sClockSourceConfig pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef *sClockSourceConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource));
+
+  /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */
+  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+  tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS);
+  tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP);
+  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+  switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)
+  {
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1:
+    {
+      /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+      /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+
+      /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */
+      tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+      tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1);
+      /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+      htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2:
+    {
+      /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+      /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+      /* Enable the External clock mode2 */
+      htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1:
+    {
+      /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+      TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2:
+    {
+      /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+      TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED:
+    {
+      /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+      TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0:
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1:
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2:
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3:
+      {
+        /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports internal trigger input */
+        assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+        TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource);
+        break;
+      }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input
+  *         or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input
+  * @param  htim TIM handle.
+  * @param  TI1_Selection Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the
+  *         output of a XOR gate.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input
+  *            @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3
+  *            pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination)
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection));
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2;
+
+  /* Reset the TI1 selection */
+  tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S;
+
+  /* Set the TI1 selection */
+  tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection;
+
+  /* Write to TIMxCR2 */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIM in Slave mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle.
+  * @param  sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered
+  *         timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode
+  *         (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger));
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
+
+  /* Disable Trigger DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle.
+  * @param  sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered
+  *         timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode
+  *         (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                                TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger));
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
+
+  /* Disable Trigger DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit
+  * @param  htim TIM handle.
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval Captured value
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Return the capture 1 value */
+      tmpreg =  htim->Instance->CCR1;
+
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Return the capture 2 value */
+      tmpreg =   htim->Instance->CCR2;
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Return the capture 3 value */
+      tmpreg =   htim->Instance->CCR3;
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Return the capture 4 value */
+      tmpreg =   htim->Instance->CCR4;
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions
+  *  @brief    TIM Callbacks functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### TIM Callbacks functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+   This section provides TIM callback functions:
+   (+) TIM Period elapsed callback
+   (+) TIM Output Compare callback
+   (+) TIM Input capture callback
+   (+) TIM Trigger callback
+   (+) TIM Error callback
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Period elapsed callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Period elapsed half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Output Compare callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM OC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Input Capture callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM IC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Input Capture half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM IC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PWM Pulse finished callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PWM Pulse finished half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Hall Trigger detection callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Hall Trigger detection half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Timer error callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+  * @brief  Register a User TIM callback to be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+  * @param htim tim handle
+  * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID Commutation Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID Commutation half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID Break Callback ID
+  *          @param pCallback pointer to the callback function
+  *          @retval status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+                                           pTIM_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Base_MspInitCallback                 = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback               = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_MspInitCallback                   = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback                 = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_MspInitCallback                   = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback                 = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_MspInitCallback                  = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback                = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback             = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback           = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback              = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback            = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback           = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback         = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
+        htim->PeriodElapsedCallback                = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback        = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID :
+        htim->TriggerCallback                      = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback              = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_CaptureCallback                   = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback           = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback              = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback            = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback    = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID :
+        htim->ErrorCallback                        = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID :
+        htim->CommutationCallback                  = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback          = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID :
+        htim->BreakCallback                        = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Base_MspInitCallback         = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback       = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_MspInitCallback           = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback         = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_MspInitCallback           = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback         = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_MspInitCallback          = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback        = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback     = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback   = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback      = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback    = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback   = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister a TIM callback
+  *         TIM callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+  * @param htim tim handle
+  * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID Commutation Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID Commutation half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID Break Callback ID
+  *          @retval status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Base_MspInitCallback              = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit;                      /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback            = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit;                    /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_MspInitCallback                = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit;                        /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback              = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit;                      /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_MspInitCallback                = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit;                        /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback              = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit;                      /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_MspInitCallback               = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit;                       /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback             = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit;                     /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback          = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit;                  /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback        = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit;                /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback           = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit;                   /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback         = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit;                 /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback        = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit;              /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback      = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit;            /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
+        htim->PeriodElapsedCallback             = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback;             /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback     = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback;     /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed half complete Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID :
+        htim->TriggerCallback                   = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback;                   /* Legacy weak Trigger Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback           = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback;           /* Legacy weak Trigger half complete Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_CaptureCallback                = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback;                /* Legacy weak IC Capture Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback        = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback;        /* Legacy weak IC Capture half complete Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback           = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback;           /* Legacy weak OC Delay Elapsed Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback         = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback;         /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID :
+        htim->ErrorCallback                     = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback;                     /* Legacy weak Error Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID :
+        htim->CommutationCallback               = HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback;                  /* Legacy weak Commutation Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback       = HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback;          /* Legacy weak Commutation half complete Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID :
+        htim->BreakCallback                     = HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback;                   /* Legacy weak Break Callback */
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Base_MspInitCallback         = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit;              /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback       = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit;            /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_MspInitCallback           = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit;                /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback         = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit;              /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_MspInitCallback           = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit;                /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback         = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit;              /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_MspInitCallback          = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit;               /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback        = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit;             /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback     = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit;          /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback   = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit;        /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback      = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit;           /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback    = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit;         /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback   = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit;      /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit;    /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 TIM Peripheral State functions
+  *  @brief   TIM Peripheral State functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM Base handle state.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM OC handle state.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM PWM handle state.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM Input Capture handle state.
+  * @param  htim TIM IC handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM One Pulse Mode handle state.
+  * @param  htim TIM OPM handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval Active channel
+  */
+HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel HAL_TIM_GetActiveChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->Channel;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return actual state of the TIM channel.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6
+  * @retval TIM Channel state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_GetChannelState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,  uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
+
+  return channel_state;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return actual state of a DMA burst operation.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval DMA burst state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_DMABurstStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurstState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  return htim->DMABurstState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA error callback
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->ErrorCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* nothing to do */
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Delay Pulse half complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* nothing to do */
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Capture complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* nothing to do */
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Capture half complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* nothing to do */
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+  {
+    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Period Elapse half complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Trigger callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+  {
+    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->TriggerCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Trigger half complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Time Base configuration
+  * @param  TIMx TIM peripheral
+  * @param  Structure TIM Base configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+  tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;
+
+  /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/
+  if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+  {
+    /* Select the Counter Mode */
+    tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS);
+    tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode;
+  }
+
+  if (IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+  {
+    /* Set the clock division */
+    tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD;
+    tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the auto-reload preload */
+  MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, TIM_CR1_ARPE, Structure->AutoReloadPreload);
+
+  TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Set the Autoreload value */
+  TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ;
+
+  /* Set the Prescaler value */
+  TIMx->PSC = Structure->Prescaler;
+
+  if (IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+  {
+    /* Set the Repetition Counter value */
+    TIMx->RCR = Structure->RepetitionCounter;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler
+     and the repetition counter (only for advanced timer) value immediately */
+  TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Timer Output Compare 1 configuration
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  OC_Config The output configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+  uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M;
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P;
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity;
+
+  if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_1))
+  {
+    /* Check parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));
+
+    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NP;
+    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+    tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCNPolarity;
+    /* Reset the Output N State */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NE;
+  }
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+  {
+    /* Check parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1;
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1N;
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCIdleState;
+    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCNIdleState;
+  }
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Timer Output Compare 2 configuration
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  OC_Config The output configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+  uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M;
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
+
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U);
+
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P;
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4U);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_2))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));
+
+    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NP;
+    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+    tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 4U);
+    /* Reset the Output N State */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NE;
+
+  }
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+  {
+    /* Check parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2;
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2N;
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 2U);
+    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 2U);
+  }
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Timer Output Compare 3 configuration
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  OC_Config The output configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+  uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M;
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P;
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8U);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_3))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));
+
+    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NP;
+    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+    tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 8U);
+    /* Reset the Output N State */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NE;
+  }
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+  {
+    /* Check parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3;
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3N;
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 4U);
+    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 4U);
+  }
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Timer Output Compare 4 configuration
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  OC_Config The output configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+  uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M;
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
+
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U);
+
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P;
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12U);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+  {
+    /* Check parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+    /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS4;
+
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 6U);
+  }
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Slave Timer configuration function
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  sSlaveConfig Slave timer configuration
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                                  TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+
+  /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */
+  tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+  /* Set the Input Trigger source */
+  tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger;
+
+  /* Reset the slave mode Bits */
+  tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+  /* Set the slave mode */
+  tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */
+  switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)
+  {
+    case TIM_TS_ETRF:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+      /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */
+      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler,
+                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
+                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+
+      if (sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode == TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+      tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
+      htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+      tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;
+
+      /* Set the filter */
+      tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
+      tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4U);
+
+      /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+      htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_TS_TI1FP1:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+
+      /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */
+      TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
+                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_TS_TI2FP2:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+
+      /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */
+      TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
+                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_TS_ITR0:
+    case TIM_TS_ITR1:
+    case TIM_TS_ITR2:
+    case TIM_TS_ITR3:
+      {
+        /* Check the parameter */
+        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+        break;
+      }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TI1 as Input.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+  * @param  TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval None
+  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1
+  *       (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be
+  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+  */
+void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+  /* Select the Input */
+  if (IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
+  {
+    tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
+    tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
+  tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
+  tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP));
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
+  tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4U);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
+  tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TI2 as Input.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+  * @param  TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval None
+  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2
+  *       (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be
+  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+  */
+static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+  /* Select the Input */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
+  tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U);
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F;
+  tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+  tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4U) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP));
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F;
+  tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12U);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+  tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4U);
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TI3 as Input.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+  * @param  TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval None
+  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4
+  *       (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be
+  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+  */
+static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr2;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
+  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+  /* Select the Input */
+  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
+  tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection;
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F;
+  tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P);
+  tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8U) & TIM_CCER_CC3P);
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TI4 as Input.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+  * @param  TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3
+  *       (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be
+  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr2;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
+  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+  /* Select the Input */
+  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
+  tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U);
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F;
+  tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P);
+  tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12U) & TIM_CCER_CC4P);
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the Input Trigger source
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  InputTriggerSource The Input Trigger source.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+  tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+  /* Reset the TS Bits */
+  tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+  /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/
+  tmpsmcr |= (InputTriggerSource | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1);
+  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+  TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR).
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler The external Trigger Prescaler.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+  *            @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+  *            @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+  *            @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+  * @param  TIM_ExtTRGPolarity The external Trigger Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active.
+  *            @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active.
+  * @param  ExtTRGFilter External Trigger Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
+                       uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+
+  /* Reset the ETR Bits */
+  tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP);
+
+  /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */
+  tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8U)));
+
+  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+  TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  Channel specifies the TIM Channel
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
+  * @param  ChannelState specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state.
+  *          This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
+
+  tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << (Channel & 0x1FU); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
+
+  /* Reset the CCxE Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp;
+
+  /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << (Channel & 0x1FU)); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+  * @brief  Reset interrupt callbacks to the legacy weak callbacks.
+  * @param  htim pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ResetCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Reset the TIM callback to the legacy weak callbacks */
+  htim->PeriodElapsedCallback             = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback;             /* Legacy weak PeriodElapsedCallback             */
+  htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback     = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback;     /* Legacy weak PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback     */
+  htim->TriggerCallback                   = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback;                   /* Legacy weak TriggerCallback                   */
+  htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback           = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback;           /* Legacy weak TriggerHalfCpltCallback           */
+  htim->IC_CaptureCallback                = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback;                /* Legacy weak IC_CaptureCallback                */
+  htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback        = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback;        /* Legacy weak IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback        */
+  htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback           = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback;           /* Legacy weak OC_DelayElapsedCallback           */
+  htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback         = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback;         /* Legacy weak PWM_PulseFinishedCallback         */
+  htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback */
+  htim->ErrorCallback                     = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback;                     /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback                     */
+  htim->CommutationCallback               = HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback;                  /* Legacy weak CommutationCallback               */
+  htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback       = HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback;          /* Legacy weak CommutationHalfCpltCallback       */
+  htim->BreakCallback                     = HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback;                   /* Legacy weak BreakCallback                     */
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

--
Gitblit v1.9.1